-#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 340
+#LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 357
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX }}
+ {LyX}}
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
{\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
\end_preamble
\options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
+\use_default_options false
\language english
\inputencoding auto
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default
+\use_xetex false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default
+\default_output_format default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\pdf_pdfborder false
\pdf_colorlinks true
\pdf_backref false
-\pdf_pagebackref false
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
\papersize default
\use_esint 0
\cite_engine basic
\use_bibtopic false
+\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
+\backgroundcolor #ffffff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\color #00ff00
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
+\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
-\author ""
+\author "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
+\author "rgheck"
\author ""
\end_header
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Version 1.6svn
+Version 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
+The latest
+PDF
+-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
+http
+://
+wiki
+.
+lyx
+.org/LyX/
+DocumentationDevelopment
+#
+UserGuide
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Bold, 17
+Bold,
+17
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
its window.
- Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
- There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
- documents.
- Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
- of text.
- This is the
-\emph on
-minibuffer
-\emph default
-, which really means
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-command buffer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Type
-\family sans
-M-x
-\family default
- when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
+ Below it is a toolbar with a
+pulldown
+ box and various buttons.
+ There is, of course, a vertical
+scrollbar
+ and a main work area for editing documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
next line.
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
- only a vertical scrollbar.
- There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
+ only a vertical
+scrollbar
+.
+ There are three cases where you might want a horizontal
+scrollbar
+.
The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
This, however, is due
to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
\begin_layout Standard
There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
without resorting to configuration files.
- First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
- classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs,
+LaTeX
+ document classes and
+LaTeX
+ packages are available.
It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
\family sans
Preferences
-\begin_inset Index
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-
-\family default
settings.
Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
- on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
- new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
+ on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+new
+LaTeX
+ classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-LaTeX Setup
+
+LaTeX
+ Setup
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
+LyX needs several
+LaTeX
+ packages to work properly.
The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
\emph on
LaT
\emph on
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
that will be created when using the menu
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
+, the printout of proper names like
+LaTeX
+ is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic File Operations
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
- space is just that --- a big, blank space.
+ space is just that — a big, blank space.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in LyX also.
Read
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
\SpecialChar \@.
Control
\family default
you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
- can identify this as your changes.
+ can identify them as your changes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic Editing Features
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
- The submenu of
+ The
+submenu
+ of
\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Replace
\family default
dialog.
- Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
+ Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
Hitting the
\family sans
Replace
\family sans
Match whole words only
\family default
- option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
- I.e., searching for
+ option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., searching for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
+ The undo mechanism is currently limited to
+100
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
- it was last saved, the
+Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
+ was last saved, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
- This is a consequence of the 100
+ This is a consequence of the
+100
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Mouse Operations
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This are the most basic mouse operations.
+These are the most basic mouse operations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
- Right-click on them to set its properties.
+Right-click on them to set their properties.
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
- lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
- to jump to the corresponding document part.
+ lists all sections of the document as
+submenu
+ entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Standard
The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
- (TOC) that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (
+TOC
+) that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
- to the document, see
+ to the document, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
.
+ The
+\family sans
+Sort
+\family default
+ option sorts the current list, and the
+\family sans
+Keep
+\family default
+ option keeps it in the current view state.
+ Keeping means that when you have e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2 and 4 shown and click on section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3, the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2 and 4 will still be shown.
+ Without the
+\family sans
+Keep
+\family default
+ option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+ or the corresponding key bindings
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Shift-Tab
+\family default
you can change the sectioning level of sections.
So you can for example make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 chapter
+2.5 to chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3 or subsection
+3 or to subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+ jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
+ This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
+ or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
+ go back to your last editing position.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
-Basic Key Bindings
+Input
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+/
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Key-Bindings"
+name "sec:Input-Completion"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Input completion
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Word completion|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Input completion
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
+ opened.
+ Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
+ is used to propose completions.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
+ there are completions available.
+ You can then press the
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ key to use this completion.
+ When several completions are possible, a
+popup
+ is opened showing them.
+ You can select a completion in the
+popup
+ using the mouse or the arrow keys, and accept the chosen completion be
+ pressing
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+, the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
+\family sans
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Input Completion
+\family default
+ by deselecting the option
+\family sans
+Cursor indicator
+\family default
+.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+Automatic
+inline
+ completion
+\family default
+ the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
+ To accept this proposal, use the
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ key.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+Automatic
+popup
+\family default
+ the completions are always shown in a
+popup
+.
+ LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
+ in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Key Bindings
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bindings|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Key Bindings
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Shortcuts|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Key Bindings
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
- LyX's default is CUA.
+There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+CUA
+ and Emacs.
+ LyX's default is
+CUA
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Esc
+
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
\family sans
-C
+Ctrl
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "C"
+symbol "Ctrl"
description "Control key"
\end_inset
\family sans
-S
+Shift
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "S"
+symbol "Shift"
description "Shift key"
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Meta
+Alt
\family default
(Denoted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\family sans
-M
+Alt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "M"
-description "Meta or Alt key"
+symbol "Alt"
+description "Alt or Meta key"
\end_inset
If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
the
\family sans
-Meta-
+Alt+
\family default
function.
This key does many different things, but it also activates the
\family sans
-M
+Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-brings
-\family default
- up the
+ brings up the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-M
+Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also other things bound to the
-\family sans
-Meta-
-\family default
- key, but you'll have to check in the
-\emph on
-Reference
-\emph default
-
+The
\emph on
-manual
+Shortcuts
\emph default
- for more info.
+ manual lists all other things bound to the
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+ key.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
- The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
- The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
- this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+You'll learn more and more
+keybindings
+ and short-cut keys as you use LyX, because most actions will prompt a small
+ message in the status bar at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe
+ the name of the action, you've just triggered, and any existing
+keybindings
+ for that action.
+ The LyX menus also list the defined
+keybindings
+.
+ The notation for the
+keybindings
+ is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should
+ not have any problems understanding it.
However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
-\family sans
-
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-M-p S-A
+
+\family sans
+Alt+P Shift-A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
means
\family sans
-Meta-p
+Alt+P
\family default
followed by a capital
\family sans
A
\family default
.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-S-C-s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- means
-\family sans
-Shift-Control-s
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
-\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Shortcuts
-\family default
-.
- The preferences are opened with the menu
+You can list or change the
+keybindings
+ in the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
+ under
+\family sans
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Shortcuts
+\family default
+ as explained in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
LyX Basics
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Document Types
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
making it easier to create the type of document you want.
If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
- So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
+ So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Classes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select a class using the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
+ you may need.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Overview
\end_layout
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
AAST
\family sans
\family default
-eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
+eX
+ For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
Society
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
- Mathematical Society (AMS).
+
+AMS
+ Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
+ Mathematical Society (
+AMS
+).
There are three article layouts available.
The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
- prepends the section number to the number of the result.
+
+prepends
+ the section number to the number of the result.
All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
The
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Beamer Layout for presentations
+
+Beamer
+ Layout for presentations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-broadway Layout for writing plays.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
- with LyX.
+
+broadway
+ Layout for writing plays.
+ It is not an existing
+LaTeX
+ document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
+
+Dinbrief
+ Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-dtk Layout for
+
+dtk
+ Layout for
\family typewriter
-Die TeXnische Komödie
+Die
+TeXnische
+
+Komödie
\family default
, the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
+
+Elsevier
+ Layout for journals of the
+Elsevier
+ publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
- with LyX.
+
+hollywood
+ Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
+ It is not an existing
+LaTeX
+ document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
- and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
+
+IEEEtran
+ Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic
+s Engineers (
+IEEE
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
+
+IOP
+ Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
+
+Kluwer
+ Layout for journals of the
+Kluwer
+ publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
+
+koma
+-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
\end_layout
\family typewriter
paper
\family default
- LaTeX document class
+
+LaTeX
+ document class
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Powerdot Layout for presentations
+
+Powerdot
+ Layout for presentations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
REVTe
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
- Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
- of America (OSA).
+ Society (
+APS
+), American Institute of Physics (
+AIP
+), and Optical Society of America (
+OSA
+).
This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
SPIE
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
- for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
+ for Optical Engineering (
+SPIE
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-TUGboat Layout for
+
+TUGboat
+ Layout for
\family typewriter
TUGboat
\family default
here.
You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
\emph on
-Extended Editing
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Selecting a Class
+Modules
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Modules"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Modules
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select a class using the
+Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
+ in the chosen document class.
+ For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
+ a document.
+ This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
+ the corresponding module in the
+\family sans
+Modules
+\family default
+ section of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-
-\family default
dialog.
- Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
- you may need.
+ Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
+ module.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Modules"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Modules
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Layout Modules
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Some modules require
+LaTeX
+ packages that are not always installed by default.
+ LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
- document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
- file.
- The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+
+\series bold
+Note also:
+\series default
+ Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family default
- dialog.
- Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
- Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
- installed by default.
- LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
- Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
- are incompatible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Pagestyle
+Page style
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Layout
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Layout"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Layout"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Layout
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-classes
+Class
\family default
, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
list.
This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
to use for your document.
- To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
- to read its manual.
+ To learn more about your favorite
+LaTeX
+-class and its options, you have to read its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Under
+The drop box
+\family sans
+Headings style
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
-\family default
- the
-\family sans
-Pagestyle
\family default
controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
You can choose between the following five options:
\family sans
Default
\family default
- Use default pagestyle of current class.
+ Use default page style of current class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
fancyhdr
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
+
+\change_deleted 1 1241791541
+Check the documentation for the
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
package for more details,
+\change_inserted 1 1241791541
+See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documentat
+ion for the
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+ package
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
\begin_layout Subsection
Paper Size and Orientation
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
menu:
\family sans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Papersize
+Paper
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
\family default
What size paper to print on.
The choices are
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A3, A4,
+A3
+,
+A4
+,
\family default
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B3, B4, B5
+B3
+,
+B4
+,
+B5
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Subsection
Margins
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Margins"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Margins"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings
\family default
.
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
- Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
- the paper format and the font size into account.
+If you use a
+koma
+-script document class, you can use the default settings.
+ Because
+koma
+-script calculates then the
+printspace
+ automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Indentation and Separation
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
language than English.
- LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
+
+LaTeX
+ takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
- and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
- pre-coded into LyX.
+ and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
+pre
+-coded into LyX.
As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
LyX takes care of that.
- In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
- range.
+ In fact, these
+pre
+-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range.
That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
of a page, and so on.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
+
+LaTeX
+ does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
+ However,
+pre
+-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
LyX gives you the ability to globally change
\emph on
all
\emph default
- of these pre-coded spacings.
+ of these
+pre
+-coded spacings.
We'll explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Skip
\family default
- in the submenu
+ in the
+submenu
+
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-
-\family default
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
you have to add this line to your document preamble:
\series bold
\backslash
-setlength{
+
+setlength
+{
\backslash
-parindent}{Length}
+
+parindent
+}{Length}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- The default length is 30
+ The default length is
+30
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Paragraph
\family default
- option to change the state of the current paragraph.
+ option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
+\end_inset
+
+).
If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
this).
\begin_layout Subsection
Line Spacing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\noun on
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
- dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
+\noun default
+ dialog you can set the line spacing in the
+submenu
+
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Layout.
+Layout
\family default
-
+.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You need to have the LaTeX-package
+You need to have the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
setspace
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! setspace
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Environments
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-command sequence in LaTeX files.
- If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
- alien to you, we urge you to read the
+command sequence in
+LaTeX
+ files.
+ If you don't know
+LaTeX
+, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we
+ urge you to read the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
use
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Title
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
- author(s) and a
+A
+LaTeX
+ title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s)
+ and a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
for thanks or contact information.
- For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
- page along with today's date.
+ For certain types of documents,
+LaTeX
+ places all of this on a separate page along with today's date.
For other types of documents, the title
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family default
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
- If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
+ If you don't provide any,
+LaTeX
+ will automatically insert today's date.
If you don't want any date, add the line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or contact informations.
+ or contact information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Headings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Numbered Headings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
- or
+s or
\family sans
Section
+\family default
+s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
-Subsubsection
-\family default
-s
+Subsubsections
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Subsubsection
+Subsubsections
\family default
-s are divided into
+ are divided into
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
-Subparagraph
-\family default
-s
+Subparagraphs
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Unnumbered Headings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-Part*line spacing
+Part*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-Subsubsection*
+Subsubsection
+*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
dialog.
\family sans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
TOC
\family default
you'll see two counters.
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Short Titles of Headings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
- This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
+ This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
+
+LaTeX
+ allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
avoiding the problem mentioned.
To specify a short title, use the menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You can only use inline math in these environments.
+You can only use
+inline
+ math in these environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
environment.
I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
wraps.
- See -- no indentation!
+ See – no indentation!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
Verse
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
Use
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
break-line
\family default
function
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Lists
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The nesting depth is hereby kept.
If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
depth, you can use
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
to break paragraphs.
\end_layout
Itemize
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- dialog in the submenu
+ dialog in the
+submenu
+
\family sans
Bullets
\family default
.
\family sans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enumerate
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
+The label type depends on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
- It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
+ It involves adding commands to the
+LaTeX
+ preamble (see the
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual).
As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
Description
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Description-List"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
.
(Use either
-\family sans
-C-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:LyX-List"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
List
\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
-
+ environment is a LyX extension to
+LaTeX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you are using a
+KOMA
+-Script document class, like in this document, the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment is named
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
multiple times instead.
- The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
+ The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in
+LaTeX
+.
By using
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-00.00.0000
+
+00
+.
+00
+.
+0000
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Here are some examples:
+\begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_layout Subsection
Letters
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ in a specific order, otherwise
+LaTeX
+ gags on the document.
In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
Address
break-line
\family default
(
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
or
\family sans
Formatting
\family sans
Abstract
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
+ in anything else or vice
+versa
+.
It won't work.
The
\family sans
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
- lyxscale 25
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+ in anything else or vice
+versa
+ won't work.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
- in section
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a
+BibTeX
+ database.
+ For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
+ bibliography handling, have a look at in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX
\family sans
-Code
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Space
\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
+ key as a fixed
+whitespace
+;
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple
+whitespaces
+ in LyX.
If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
(the
\family typewriter
break-line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot use
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
- you can't follow
+You can't use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you can't follow
\family sans
Return
\family default
with a
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You can't follow a
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
with a
\family sans
Space
\begin_layout Itemize
Or: use
-\family sans
-C-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
instead.
\end_layout
Space
\family default
in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+ Otherwise,
+LaTeX
+ generates errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\emph default
quotes.
You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\family sans
-C-"
-\family default
- (or
-\family sans
-C-q
-\family default
- if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
+
+printf
+("Hello World!
\backslash
n");
\end_layout
LyX-Code
\family default
has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
+
+rc
+-files, and so on.
Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
as if you used a typewriter.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
another block.
For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
+ has two
+subpoints
+.
In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist - item #1
+
+sublist
+ - item #1
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist - item #2
+
+sublist
+ - item #2
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
Increase
or the convenient key bindings
\family sans
-S-M-Right
+Tab
\family default
and
\family sans
-S-M-Left
+Shift-Tab
\family default
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
to change the nesting level.
The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+Completely
+unnestable
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
- other things inside of them.
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
+
+Unnestable
+ Can't nest them.
Can't nest into them.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
You can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Subsubsection*
+Subsubsection
+*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
- Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
- guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
+lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
+ well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
+ section headings violate this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- for more informations about
+ for more information about
\family sans
Floats
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is
+inline
+, it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new
+sublist
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\begin_layout Subsection
Usage and General Features
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
is the innermost possible depth.
- Here's an example to display what we mean:
+ Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- list inside of item
+ list inside item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, we'd get errors.
+, we would get errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Some Examples
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-a This is level #2.
We created it by using
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
followed by
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
Return
\family default
, then used
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
twice in a row.
We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
by hitting
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
followed by
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
.
So, it's at level #4.
We did this by hitting
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
, then
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
, then changing the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
Standard
\family default
paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-a This is level #4.
We hit
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
and changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
List
\family default
.
- Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
+ Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
\emph on
can
\emph default
- keep nesting things inside of
+ keep nesting things inside
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring MMM
#5-b Back to level #5.
Just hit
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
followed by a
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-b After another
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
followed by a
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
, we're back at level #4.
\end_layout
Return
\family default
, then
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
, after which, we'll change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- and resetting the nesting depth by using
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
+ and reset the nesting depth by using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #2.
We used
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
followed by
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
.
Now, what happens if we nest an
\family sans
environment, even though it's at level #3.
So, its label is a bullet.
(We got here by using
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
, then
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
, then changing the environment to
\family sans
Itemize
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Here's level #4, produced using
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
, then
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
.
We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environment (i.e.
+ environment (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
it is an
\family sans
Enumerate
\begin_layout Enumerate
Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Let's use
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
to decrease the depth after the next
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\emph on
still
\emph default
- a thirdfold
+ a
+thirdfold
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Another
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
sequence, and we're back to level #2.
This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
into the twofold-nested
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The same thing happens if we do another
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-S-M-Left
-\family default
- sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
(
\family sans
-Return, S-M-Right, Standard
+Return,
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+, Standard
\family default
: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+ For example, the two
+keybindings
+ are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_layout
(
\family sans
-Return, S-M-Right, Verse
+Return,
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+, Verse
\family default
: level #2)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
-Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
+Fiddle
+dee
+, Fiddle
+doo
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Bippitey boppitey boo!
+
+Bippitey
+
+boppitey
+ boo!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-M-Return)
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
+, Table,
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
3 times,
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
+, Verse,
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
)
\end_layout
\family default
for the letter body.
We'll use
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
to preserve the depth.
Remember that you need to use
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
to create multiple lines inside the
\family sans
Address
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Right Address
-1234 Nowhere Rd.
+
+1234
+ Nowhere Rd.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Moosegroin, MT 00100
+
+Moosegroin
+, MT
+00100
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-9-6-96
+9-6-
+96
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Fizlewitz:
+
+Fizlewitz
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
-We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for
+50
+
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
\begin_layout Section
Spacing, pagination and line breaks
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
+What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
be broken at the end of a line.
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
- line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
+The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and
+LaTeX
+) not to break the line at that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky
+linebreaks
+, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
Space
\family default
(shortcut
-\family sans
-C-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
).
Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
-\family sans
-C-M-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert normal"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
E.
- Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-TeX.
+ Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
10
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-10 kg (normal space
+
+10
+ kg (normal space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Space
\family default
(shortcut
-\family sans
-C-S-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
Enspace
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- Enspace (0.5
+
+Enspace
+ (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
QQuad
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- QQuad
+
+QQuad
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enspace (0.5
+
+Enspace
+ (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-QQuad (2
+
+QQuad
+ (2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Horizontal Fills
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
- in a uniform fashion.
- An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
- the remaining space between the left and right margins.
- If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
- equally between themselves.
+Horizontal fills (
+HFills
+) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
+ An
+HFill
+ is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
+ space between the left and right margins.
+ If there is more than one
+HFill
+ on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
+
+HFills
+ can be made visible when you choose one of the
\family sans
Fill
\begin_inset space ~
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
+ If an
+HFill
+ is at the beginning of a line, and
\emph on
not
\emph default
in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
- This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
+ This prevents
+HFills
+ from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
If you need space in this case anyway, set the
\family sans
Protect
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
- E.g.
- you want to create the following multiple choice question:
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
+ To get this, you can use the
+LaTeX
+-command
\series bold
\backslash
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
BigSkip
\family default
- are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
+ are
+LaTeX
+ sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
\family sans
DefSkip
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-
-\family default
for the paragraph separation.
If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
\family sans
VFill
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
- An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
+ An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
+vfill
between them.
Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
\family sans
-VFill
+VFills
\family default
-s work like
+ work like
\family sans
-HFill
+HFills
\family default
-s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-HFill
+HFills
\family default
-s are described in section
+ are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
If there are several
\family sans
-VFill
+VFills
\family default
-s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+ on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
You can therefore use
\family sans
-VFill
+VFills
\family default
-s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
+ to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Justified
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Left
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Right
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Center
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Page Breaks
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
- can force a page break where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
- Only if you use many
+If you don't like the way
+LaTeX
+ does the
+pagebreaks
+ in your document, you can force a page break where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because
+LaTeX
+ is good at page breaking.
+ Only if you use a lot of
\family sans
Floats
\family default
-, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
+,
+LaTeX's
+ page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
- until you have checked in the preview to see if you
+We recommend not to use forced
+pagebreaks
+ until the text is finished and until you have checked in the preview to
+ see if you
\emph on
really
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
- action.
+There are two types of
+pagebreaks
+: One that ends the page without any special action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\family default
, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
the complete page.
- This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
- on which only the last few lines are absent.
+ This type is useful to avoid
+whitespace
+ when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are
+ absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
- placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
- That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
- yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
- if necessary by adding pages.
+Rather than forced
+pagebreaks
+ where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page,
+ you can also clear pages while breaking them.
+ That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
+ unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
+ it, if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Line Breaks
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Break
\family default
or with
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
.
Another type that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
+ in justified paragraphs due to
+whitespace
+ introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
- LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
+You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct
+LaTeX's
+ line breaking, as
+LaTeX
+ is very good at line breaking.
There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
- set a line break, e.g.
- in a poem or for an address (see sections
+ set a line break, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Line
\family default
- you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
- width.
+ you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
+ or column.
\lyxline
\end_layout
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
\end_inset
- for informations how this is done.
+ for information on how this is done.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Types
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
fonts
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
+ are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
characters) in the font.
This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
well suited for scaling to any requested size.
- This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
- curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font
+renderer
+ and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
- Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
- very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
- provide a good image.
+ Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
+ to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
+That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
- That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
+ That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
sizes than at small ones.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1 PostScript
+1
\family default
are vector fonts.
\end_layout
\end_inset
fonts
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
picture manipulation program.
In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
- several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
- or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
+ several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to
+34
+ pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
fonts.
- The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
3
\family default
- in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
+ in
+PostScript
+- and
+PDF
+-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
- So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
- That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
- scalable fonts.
+ So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
+ use scalable fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
- its document properties.
+To test which fonts are used in a
+PDF
+-document, you can have a look into its document properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the document fonts in the
+You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
- and its scalings.
+ and its
+scalings
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
- you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+ are bitmap fonts, they often looks
+pixeled
+ in
+PDF
+ output, especially when you read the
+PDF
+ in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+This problem doesn't appear if you read
+PDFs
+ in
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
Reader
\family default
version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
+
+renderer
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ To get rid of
+pixeled
+ fonts, you have to use a vector font.
There are three ways to use one:
\end_layout
\family default
-glyphs from other fonts.
This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
+
+guillemets
+ (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the LaTeX-package
+Loading the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
aeguill
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+aeguill
\end_layout
\end_inset
with the document preamble line
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-will fix the guillemet problem.
+usepackage
+[
+ec
+]{
+aeguill
+}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+will fix the
+guillemet
+ problem.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
rève
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
+ in a
+PDF
+, you won't get any result, because the
+PDF
+-viewer searches for the glyph
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Computer Modern
\family default
-, consists of these three main font types
+, consist of these three main font types
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\family typewriter
Helvetica
\family default
- scaled to 92 or 95
+ scaled to
+92
+ or
+95
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Times Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
+ That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
\family typewriter
lm
\family default
) fonts.
- These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
+ These fonts were developed for the
+LaTeX
+ community to replace
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
- as default fonts.
+ as the default font.
In most cases they look the same as
\family typewriter
cm
For the font size there are four possible values:
\family sans
-default, 10
+default,
+10
\family default
,
\family sans
\family sans
default
\family default
- depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
+ depends on your
+LaTeX
+-system, normally it is equal to the font size
+10
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
base size
\emph default
.
- LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
- footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
+ used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
Text
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The field
+\family sans
+CJK
+\family default
+ allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (
+CJK
+) to specify a font to display the script characters.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The font will be the argument for the commands of the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
+ So this has no effect for the document language
+\family sans
+Japanese
+\family default
+ that doesn't use
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
not
\emph default
change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
- this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ this is part of the
+WYSIWYM
+ concept.
LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\begin_layout Subsection
Using Different Character Styles
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Noun
\family default
.
- You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
- toolbar.
+ You can activate both of these styles via
+keybindings
+, the menus, and the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Itemize
use the key binding
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
-c
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
+Matthias
+Ettrich
\noun default
is the original author of LyX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-using the keybindings
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+using the
+keybindings
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-e
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or
+LaTeX
+-packages use a different font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
- One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+
+One's
+ writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
the common tendency to overuse character style.
\begin_layout Standard
You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
or the dialog
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
- gives you a way to create custom character style.
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
+ LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
\end_inset
Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
- tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
+ tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally a serif font.
It's also the default family.
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-r
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
- It is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Hyphenation"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family default
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-sans"
\end_inset
)
\family default
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-p
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-typewriter"
\end_inset
\series default
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-b
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
)
font size.
\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-t
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-1
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size tiny"
\end_inset
)
\size default
.
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset
)
font size.
\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-S
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-3
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
)
font size.
\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-4
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size small"
\end_inset
)
font size.
It's also the default size.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size normal"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-n
+Large
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size large"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+Larger
\family default
-5
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size larger"
\end_inset
)
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Large
+Largest
\family default
-\size large
+\size largest
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Large
+Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\size default
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size largest"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-l
+Huge
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
+
+\size huge
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\family default
-6
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size huge"
\end_inset
)
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Larger
+Huger
\family default
-\size larger
+\size giant
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Larger
+Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size giant"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'll warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ - use that instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-S-L
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-7
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Largest
-\family default
-
-\size largest
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-8
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Huge
-\family default
-
-\size huge
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-h
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-9
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Huger
-\family default
-
-\size giant
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-H
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-0
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
-\emph on
-yet again
-\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
- You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- - use that instead.
- This is here for fine-tuning only!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Misc
+Misc
\family default
Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
Options are:
\family default
\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+This is text with
+Underbar
+ on.
\bar default
(key binding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-u
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
+Avoid using
+underbar
+ if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days, when you couldn't
+ change fonts.
We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
It's only included in LyX because some people
\emph on
Color
\family default
You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
- Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Notice that not all
+DVI
+-viewers are able to display colors.
Besides
\family sans
No
Yellow
\family default
text.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
To completely reset the character style to the default, use
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
.
If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
(suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
monospaced
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
The following example will show the difference:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
- They are therefore used as default font (named
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
\family sans
roman
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
goes on behind-the-scenes.
- We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
+ We cover this information in much greater detail in the
\emph on
-Extended
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
+LyX uses the program
+LaTeX
+ as its
+backend
+.
+
+LaTeX
+ is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we'll only refer to
+LaTeX
+.
LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ Then, LyX calls
+LaTeX
+ to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for
+LaTeX
+, generating a file with the extension,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.tex
+.
+tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
+Next,
+LaTeX
+ uses the commands in the
\family typewriter
-.tex
+.
+tex
\family default
file to produce printable output.
\begin_layout Subsection
Output file formats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
ASCII
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter
-.txt
+.
+txt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! LaTeX
+File formats !
+LaTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.tex
+.
+tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
- your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the
+LaTeX
+ program to process your document.
+ If you know
+LaTeX
+, you can use it to find out
+LaTeX
+-Errors or to process it manually with console commands.
+ The
+LaTeX
+-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever you
+ view or export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+You can export your document as
+LaTeX
+-file using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
DVI
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! DVI
+File formats !
+DVI
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.dvi
+.
+dvi
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ (
+DVI
+), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
- At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
- course.
- DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
- like PostScript.
+
+DVIs
+ are used for quick previews and as
+pre
+-stage for other output formats, like
+PostScript
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
- So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
+DVI
+ files
+doen't
+ contain images, they only link them.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your
+DVIs
+.
+ Because the
+DVI
+-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible when
+ you scroll the
+DVI
+, this can slow down your computer when you view the
+DVI
+.
+ So we recommend to use
+PDF
+ for files with many images.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to DVI by the menu
+You can export your document to
+DVI
+ by the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
DVI
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
PostScript
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PostScript
+File formats !
+PostScript
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.ps
+.
+ps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- PostScript was developed by the company
+
+PostScript
+ was developed by the company
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
- as printer language.
+ as a printer language.
The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
file.
- PostScript can be seen as
+
+PostScript
+ can be seen as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
-
+When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
+ Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than
+PDFs
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript can only contain images in the format
+
+PostScript
+ can only contain images in the format
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Encapsulated PostScript
+Encapsulated
+PostScript
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
+ (
+EPS
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.eps
+.
+eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
).
As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
- whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
+ to convert them in the background to
+EPS
+.
+ If you have e.g
+50
+
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+images in your document, LyX has to do
+50
+
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+conversions whenever you view or export your document.
+ This will slow down your
+workflow
+ with LyX drastically.
+ So if you plan to use
+PostScript
+, you can insert your images directly as
+EPS
+ to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
+You can export your document to
+PostScript
+ using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
PostScript
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
PDF
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PDF
+File formats !
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
PDF
\end_layout
\family typewriter
-.pdf
+.
+pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF) is developed by
+ (
+PDF
+) developed by
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
- as derivative from PostScript.
- It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
+ was derived from
+PostScript
+.
+ It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than
+PostScript
+.
As the name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+
+PDF
+ can contain images in its own
+PDF
+ format and in the formats
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
+ (
+JPG
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.jpg
+.
+jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family typewriter
-.jpeg
+.
+jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ (
+PNG
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.png
+.
+png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
).
You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
in the background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
+ But as described in the section about
+PostScript
+, the image conversion will slow down your
+workflow
+.
So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PDF via the menu
+You can export your document to
+PDF
+ via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
+
+PDF
+ This uses the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
- that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
- The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+ that creates a
+PDF
+ from a
+PostScript
+-version of your file.
+ The
+PostScript
+-version is produced by the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
- which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ which uses a
+DVI
+-version as intermediate step.
So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+(
+dvipdfm
+) This uses the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
+ that converts your file in the background to
+DVI
+ and in a second step to
+PDF
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex) This uses the program
+(
+pdflatex
+) This uses the program
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
+ that converts your file directly to
+PDF
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We recommend to use
\family sans
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
because
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
- supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
- without problems.
+ supports all the features of actual
+PDF
+-versions, is quick, stable, and works without problems.
The program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
- is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
+ is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Previewing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the
+pagebreaks
in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
\family sans
View
\family default
and choose a file type.
- A viewing program will popup showing the output.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
For
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
DVI
\family default
you can use the toolbar button
\end_inset
(shortcut
-\family sans
-C-d
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "buffer-view dvi"
+\end_inset
+
), for
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
\end_inset
(shortcut
-\family sans
-C-t
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "buffer-view ps"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
it directly from within LyX.
To print a file, select the menu
\family sans
\end_inset
.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ LyX will internally call
+LaTeX
+ to produce a
+DVI
+.
This file is then processed by the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
- to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+ to
+PostScript
+-file, which is finally printed using the program
\family typewriter
Ghostscript
\family default
\end_inset
- The printer should understand PostScript.
+ The printer should understand
+PostScript
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
File
\family default
The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
+ The output will be a
+PostScript
+ file.
It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
path.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
A few Words about Typography
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphens
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphens"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character comes in three lengths, often called the
+ character comes in four lengths: the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
-, and the
+, the
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
-:
+, and the minus sign:
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+name
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+output
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inserted with
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
hyphen
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-made with
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ in text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-en dash
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
---
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+en dash
+\end_layout
-made with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+–
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+em dash
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-em dash
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
----
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-made with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-/
+minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family typewriter
-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ in math mode
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-minus sign
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-a
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
+ the final output, but not in LyX.
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- in math mode
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You generate them by inserting the
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ gives a en dash,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-
-\family default
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character multiple times in a row.
- They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
- final output, but not in LyX.
+ a em dash.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A--Z
+From A–Z
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh --- there's a dash.
+Oh — there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+ Hyphenation is done by the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
babel
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+
+LaTeX
+-packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
- font
+
+LaTeX
+ hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
- and with unusual constructs, like
+ font and with unusual constructs, like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h3knix/m0n0wall
+
+h3knix
+/
+m0n0wall
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ If
+LaTeX
+ can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Point
\family default
.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to
+LaTeX
+.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary,
+LaTeX
+ will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
- The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
- a hyphen and a space in the form
+ Imagine that you are describing
+keybindings
+/shortcuts in your document in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- LaTeX finds there the hyphen
+
+LaTeX
+ would then see the hyphen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
as hyphenation possibility.
Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
- of the LaTeX-box-command
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
+ argument of the
+LaTeX
+-box-command
\series bold
\backslash
+
mbox
\series default
-, because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
+, because text within
+LaTeX
+-boxes can't be hyphenated.
As LyX doesn't support
\series bold
\backslash
+
mbox
\series default
-, we have to use TeX Code.
+, you have to use TeX Code.
The result looks in LyX like:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Punctuation Marks
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+When LyX calls
+LaTeX
+ to generate the final version of your document,
+LaTeX
automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
+
+LaTeX
+ then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
- not for all cases.
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
+ not work in all cases.
If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
e.
- g.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
this is too much space!
\end_layout
\end_inset
).
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
).
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
This function is also bound to
-\family sans
-C-period
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
+\end_inset
+
for easy access.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
- LaTeX will care about this.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because
+LaTeX
+ will take care of this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quotes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Quotes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
"
\family default
- key using the submenu
+ key using the
+submenu
+
\family sans
Language
\family default
Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
- or 'this
+ or
+'this
+
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These settings affects what character the
+These settings affect what character the
\family sans
"
\family default
\begin_layout Subsection
Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ligatures
\emph default
.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
+ Since
+LaTeX
+ knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the output.
Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
+
fi
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
+
ffi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
+
ffl
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
cufflink
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
+
+Dorffest
+.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
cufflinks
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
links
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
Dorffest
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
fest
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
LyX's Proper Names
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You have surely noticed, that the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+You will certainly have noticed that the word “
LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- appears always with characters in different size and height.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as proper name when you type it in LyX as
+” always appears with characters in different sizes and heights.
+
+LaTeX
+ is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized as a
+ proper name when you type it in LyX as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
+
yX
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+TeX The program used by
+LaTeX
+, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+
+LaTeX
+ The program used by LyX, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
+
+LaTeX2e
+ The actual version of
+LaTeX
+, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX2e
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
+You might wonder why the
+LaTeX
+-version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TeX-3.141592
+TeX-3.
+141592
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TeX-3.14159
+TeX-3.
+14159
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
- in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
+If you don't want to use proper names, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
word.
This will look in LyX like:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/LaTeX.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Units
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Space
\family default
(shortcut
-\family sans
-C-S-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
+\end_inset
+
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
24
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
24
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Widows"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
- This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
+ built into
+LaTeX
+ governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to specifically
+ prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using
+LaTeX
+ as its
+backend
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
- or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and
+LaTeX
+ decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some
+LaTeX
+ books listed in the bibliography [such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Notes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as
+LaTeX
+-comment, when you export the document to
+LaTeX
+ via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+
+LaTeX
+ (
+pdflatex
+) / (plain)
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
+This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in
+LaTeX
+-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
Greyed
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+Out This note will appear in the output as
+grey
+ text.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
+This is an example footnote within a
+greyed
+ out note.
+ In this document the
+greyed
+ out note color is redefined to blue.
How this can be done is explained in the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
+ of a comment that appears in the output as
+grey
+ text.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
- indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+As you can see in the example, the first line of
+greyed
+ out notes is a bit indented and
+greyed
+ out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
Footnotes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
+ scheme using special
+LaTeX
+-commands.
T
\family roman
h
\begin_layout Section
Marginal Notes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
a
\family default
\series default
- grey
+
+grey
+
\family roman
\series medium
box with a
\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the
\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
+LaTeX
+ and LyX options
\family default
- tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
+ tab
+LaTeX
+ experts can specify additional
+LaTeX
+ options.
You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
The option
\family sans
\begin_layout Subsection
Image Formats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Imagemagick
\family default
in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+ To increase your
+workflow
+ by avoiding these conversions in the background, you can use only the image
+ formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look
+pixeled
+ in large zooms.
Well-known bitmap image formats are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (GIF, file extension
+ (
+GIF
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.gif
+.
+gif
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
+
+GIF
+|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ (
+PNG
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.png
+.
+png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
+
+PNG
+|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
+ (
+JPG
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.jpg
+.
+jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family typewriter
-.jpeg
+.
+jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
+
+JPG
+|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
data loss.
The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+ presentations are always scaled by the
+beamer
+.
+ Scaling is also useful for
+online
+ documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
+ (
+SVG
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.svg
+.
+svg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
+
+SVG
+|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Encapsulated PostScript
+Encapsulated
+PostScript
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
+ (
+EPS
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.eps
+.
+eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
+
+EPS
+|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF, file extension
+ (
+PDF
+, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.pdf
+.
+pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
+ We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to
+PDF
+ or
+EPS
+ and the result won't be scalable.
In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
image
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+In the case of
+PDF
+, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
- versa.
+
+versa
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
A new group can be set by entering a name in the
\family sans
-Initialize
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
Group
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Tables
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally to the table dialog the
+Additionally to the table dialog, the
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
toolbar
\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
- properties.
- It is for example currently only possible to add
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-delete lines via the table toolbar.
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
- box
+You can mark multiple cells of one row as a
+multicolumn
+ cell using the check box
\family sans
Multicolumn
\family default
one
\emph default
cell, spread over more than one column.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+
+Multicolumn
+ cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, and border
+ settings affect only the
+multicolumn
+ cell.
+ Here's an example table with a
+multicolumn
+ cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
abc
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
+def
+ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
jkl
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
- Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
+At the moment LyX doesn't support
+multirow
+ cells.
+ Adept users can declare special
+LaTeX
+-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, like for
+multirow
+ cells, explained in the tables section of the
\emph on
-Extended
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Features
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table
+90
+
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
degrees counterclockwise.
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
+ Most
+DVI
+-viewers are
\emph on
not
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
Longtables
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
+Tables !
+Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Longtables
\end_layout
Header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the first page, if
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the
+longtable
+; except for the first page, if
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the
+longtable
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the last page, if
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the
+longtable
+; except for the last page, if
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the
+longtable
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Caption
\family default
.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
+ More about
+longtable
+ captions can be found in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
header.
\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
+ See the following
+longtable
+ to see how it works:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Giusi
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Dal
+Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Oreste
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Franca
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Valeriano
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+
+111
+,
+222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Oskar
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
111
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Giusi
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Dal
+Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Oreste
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Franca
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Valeriano
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+
+555
+,
+222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Oskar
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
999
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
555
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+A table cell can contain text,
+inline
+ equations, a figure, or another table.
All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
+To have
+multi
+-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width for the
+ column in the table dialog.
Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
An example:
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multiline entry in a table.
+This is a
+multiline
+ entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multiline entry in a table.
+This is a
+multiline
+ entry in a table.
This is longer now.
\end_layout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
- not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+Note, that you cannot paste into a
+multicell
+ selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single
+ word in a selected 2×3.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Floats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Notes
\family default
are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too much notes at the page.
+ too many notes on the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid
+whitespace
and pages without text.
As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
, every float can be referenced in the text.
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the label
(# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
the output.
- Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- -- a gray button with a red label.
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
- LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+
+LaTeX
+-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figure Floats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
to it.
As described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
- might not be
+, because as
+LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document; it might not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate
+subcaptions
+.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
Figure
\end_inset
- are the subfigures.
+ are the
+subfigures
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Table Floats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Table-Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Table
\family default
.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
label.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Algorithm Floats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
+
+floatname
+{algorithm}{your
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Wrap Floats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Float
\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
+ if the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
+Installing a
+LaTeX
+-package is explained it in the
\emph on
LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
+ is for example a figure wrap float with a width of
+40
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
- having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
- in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
- over some other text.
+ Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
+ that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
+ other text.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
- when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
- breaks will appear.
+ That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
+ place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
+ page breaks will appear.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
+Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
+ where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
+Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
- have a multi-column document).
+Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
+ have a
+multi
+-column document).
You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
\family sans
Span
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
+Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
format is also the same: Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+ Not all
+DVI
+-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
+ options that
+LaTeX
+ uses for positioning the float.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
columns
\family default
is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
- one.
+ span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
+ set the placement for a particular float when you
+uncheck
+ the option
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
+possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
+page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
+page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-floats: try to place the float on an own page
+floats: try to place the float at an own page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
always
\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
+ used by
+LaTeX
+.
+ That means, if you use the default placement,
+LaTeX
+ will first try out
\family sans
Here
\begin_inset space ~
page
\family default
, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
+ If you don't use the default,
+LaTeX
+ will try only the checked options but in the same order.
If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each options has its own rules:
+By default, each option has its own rules:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
page
\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
+ only floats occupying less than
+70
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
page
\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
+: only floats occupying less than
+30
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
floats
\family default
-: only if more than 50
+: only if more than
+50
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
+ when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
+For more details about float placements, have a look at
+LaTeX
+ books like
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
+
Minipages
-\begin_inset Index
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
Minipages
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+
+LaTeX
+ provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called
+
+minipage
+.
+ Within a
+minipage
+, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+
+Minipages
+ in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Box
\family default
.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the
+minipage
and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
+This is a
+minipage
+.
The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
+Minipages
+ are often used for text in another language or text that needs another
+ formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+If you place two
+minipages
+ side-by-side, you can use
\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+This is a
+minipage
+ with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the
+minipage
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+This is a
+minipage
+ with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the
+minipage
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
+When you right-click on a
+minipage
+ box, you can change the box from a
+minipage
to other box types.
All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
\emph on
\begin_layout Chapter
Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
+There are two main types of formulas:
+Inline
+ formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
+This is a line with an
+inline
+ formula
\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
+ paragraph, like this one:
\begin_inset Formula \[
A=B\]
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.g.
- typing
+LyX supports also many
+LaTeX
+ math commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tab
\family default
can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a
+multi
+-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
+
sqrt
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-2x+1
+
+2x
++1
\series default
and not
\series bold
\backslash
+
sqrt
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
2x
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Subsection
Exponents and Subscripts
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
If you type
\series bold
-x^2y
+x^
+2y
\series default
, you will get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
Space
\family default
to separate the hat and the character.
- E.g.
- if you want
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if you want
\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Fractions
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
+
frac
\series default
or using the icon
\begin_layout Subsection
Roots
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
+
sqrt
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
+
sqrt
\series default
produces always a square root.
\begin_layout Subsection
Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in
+inline
formulas.
Such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
display mode.
The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
behind the operator and hitting
-\family sans
-M-m l
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
or using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
feature as addition, such as
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
lim
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
+ In
+inline
+ formulas it looks like this:
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+Note that the
+lim
+-function was entered as the function macro
\series bold
\backslash
+
lim
\series default
.
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Symbols
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+ Society (
+AMS
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
+If you know the
+LaTeX
+-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use
+ the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Subsection
Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+
+LaTeX
+ provides.
To do this, type
-\family sans
-C-Space
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
or to use the
\family sans
Math
.
This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- Here a example for the sequence
+ For example, the sequence
\series bold
-a C-Space b
+a
+Ctrl
++Space b
\series default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
- (appears in LyX as
+ appears in LyX as
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
-).
+.
You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
the space marker and hit space again several times.
With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
spaces.
- Here two examples:
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-a C-Space b
+a
+Ctrl
++Space b
\series default
and 3×
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-a C-Space b
+a
+Ctrl
++Space b
\series default
and 5×
\family sans
\begin_layout Subsection
Functions
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- a number of functions, such as
+ a number of function macros, such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
- that subscripts are placed, like described in section
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
+s are placed, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Accents
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
mode.
This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
- enter
+ You can also use
+LaTeX
+ commands to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+enter
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\series bold
\backslash
+
ddot
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
+
vec
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
should suffice.
But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
-\family default
-'s delimiter icon
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/math/delim.png
The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-{
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- for grouping.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Grouping
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Grouping
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Grouping"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You may need to group a set of symbols.
- In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
-\family typewriter
-{x^y}^z
-\family default
- is different from
-\family typewriter
-x^{y^z}
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-{x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-{
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- then type space.
- Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
- Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
- The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index
+Arrays and
+Multi
+-line Equations
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math !
+Multi
+-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\family sans
-C-Enter
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
while the cursor is in the matrix.
Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math
\family default
-.
+ or the math toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
cases
\series default
.
- Here an example:
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
-1 & x<0\\
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
+
+Multi
+-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
within a formula.
In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
column.
When you press
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
A new row is created by every further hit of
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+
+Multi
+-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
where you want to start the shift and hit
\family sans
-C-Tab.
+Ctrl
+-Tab.
\family default
It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
+The
+multi
+-line formula type described here is called
\family typewriter
\series medium
eqnarray
\family default
\series default
.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+ There are other
+multi
+-line types being more suitable for certain situations, for example if you
+ want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "eq:asquared"
\begin_layout Section
Formula Numbering and Referencing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Numbering
\family default
or the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
-n
-\family default
.
The formula number appears in LyX as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
within parentheses.
The
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
#
\end_inset
Using
-\family sans
-M-m
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
-n
-\family default
in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+
+Multi
+-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Line
\family default
or the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
-N
-\family default
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\\
2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
\end_inset
To number all lines use the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
-n
-\family default
.
\end_layout
\family sans
-eq:
+eq
+:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
+
+eq
+:
+tanhExp
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family default
.
A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+ The reference appears in LyX as a
+grey
+ cross reference box and in the output as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:math-macros"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
- For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
- in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
- them.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-The general form of a quadratic equation is:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
+\end_layout
-The general form of its solution is:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Typefaces
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The macro should print the parameters
-\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $p$
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.png
+
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $q$
+, or enter its command, listed in table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- like in the equation above.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A macro is created by executing the command
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\series bold
-math-macro
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Name
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-spce
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Arguments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
- Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
- The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
- If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
- of arguments.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We have three arguments and name the macro
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-qE
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, so that the command is:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-math-macro
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-qE
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-3
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This results in the following macro definition box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/macrobox.png
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+
+mathbf
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset FormulaMacro
-\newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
-{\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
- The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathit
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
- the math panel or commands.
- The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
- followed by the argument number, e.g.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-#1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
- for the first argument.
- Placeholders will be displayed in red.
- The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
- This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
- in LyX with its full size.
- If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
- In our example we insert the sequence
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-qE:
-\backslash
-#1
-\series default
-
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
\series bold
\backslash
-#2
-\series default
-
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-#3
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+mathtt
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
-\series default
-The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-qE
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
+mathbb
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/macrouse.png
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
- If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
- To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
- the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
- The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
- to the new definition.
- Here an example of our macro with the arguments
-\begin_inset Formula $x$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
-\end_inset
-
-, and
-\begin_inset Formula $B$
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\qE x{\ln(y)}B\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
- as the command:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-qE}[3]{#1_{1,
-\backslash
-,2}=-
-\backslash
-frac{#2}{2}
-\backslash
-pm
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-hphantom{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-newcommand
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-sqrt{
-\backslash
-frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
- That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
- definition box in your document.
- There are also some other restrictions: The command
-\backslash
-newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
- macros.
- You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
- of arguments.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
-
-\end_inset
-
-, or enter its command, listed in table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, directly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
-mathrm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathtt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbb
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
mathfrak
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
+
mathcal
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
+
mathsf
\end_layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
\family default
within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
protected space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where a
+ Here an example where
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.g.
- put a character in
+ You can e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+put a character in
\family sans
Fraktur
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-So better don't use this feature.
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
+
boldsymbol
\series default
, which works like the other typeface commands:
\series bold
\backslash
+
boldsymbol
\series default
works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\begin_layout Standard
A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Font
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Change
+Style
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Text
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- (alternatively the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-m
-\family default
).
Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
displaystyle
\family default
.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
+ Except for some operators, which
+resize
+ themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in the
+ styles that
+LaTeX
+ thinks are appropriate.
These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/math/style.png
, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
will be adjusted to correspond.
- As example a formula in the font size
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
the document classes and into layout modules.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
- other than the AMS classes.
+ other than the
+AMS
+ classes.
See section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index
+
+AMS
+-
+LaTeX
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+
+AMS
+ math
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
+Math !
+AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
+ (
+AMS
+) that are in common use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
+Enabling
+AMS
+-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
+Selecting the
+checkbox
+
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
AMS
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Options
\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
+ will include the
+AMS
+-packages in the document, and make the facilities available.
+
+AMS
+ is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get
+LaTeX
+-errors in formulas, assure that you have enabled
+AMS
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
+
+AMS
+-Formula Types
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math !
+Multi
+-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+
+AMS
+-
+LaTeX
+ provides a selection of different formula types.
LyX allows you to choose between
\family typewriter
align
multline
\family default
.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
+ We refer to the
+AMS
+-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\begin_layout Section
Cross-References
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
the document.
To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
- or the by pressing the toolbar button
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/label-insert.png
scale 85
\end_inset
.
- A grey label box like this:
+ A
+grey
+ label box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/labelQt4.png
scale 85
\family sans
-enu: Second-item
+enu
+: Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family sans
-enu:
+enu
+:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
- if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
+ A
+grey
+ cross-reference box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
scale 85
\end_inset
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
- the document.
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+enu
+:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
.
At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
in the output.
- Here is our cross-reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Item
+Alternatively to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+Ctrl
++V).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+ This feature is only available when you have the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
see the text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
+ is automatically calculated by
+LaTeX
+.
The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
Format
Label
\family default
- in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
+ in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
+ label.
The button text changes then to
\family sans
Go
\family default
and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
- referred label but without a possibility to go back.
-
+ referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Table of Contents and other Listings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+The Table of Contents (
+TOC
+) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/
+TOC
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Outline
\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
+ window appears, showing you the
+TOC
+ entries as outline to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+The
+TOC
+ in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+, it will be used in the
+TOC
+ instead of the section heading.
Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+ listed in the
+TOC
+.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the
+TOC
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
TOC
\family default
- submenus.
+
+submenus
+.
The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
URLs and Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get
+LaTeX
+ errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
.
The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+ The hyperlink type can be a
+weblink
+ like this:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a
+weblink
+, but add the prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the
+PDF
+ output, and become
+clickable
+ in the
+DVI
+ and
+PDF
+-output.
To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
the text style dialog.
This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
Color links
\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+ is set in the
+PDF
+ Properties dialog (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
+
+PDF
+ Properties
\family default
).
The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
+urlcolor
+=blue
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+ in the
+PDF
+ Properties dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Appendices
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as appendix region.
+ as the appendix region.
The region is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Bibliography
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database
+ You can include a bibliography database,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
+
+BibTeX
+-database
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
- manually.
- For the second method we use the paragraph environment
+ which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually, using the paragraph environment
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
-, described in section
+, which was described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
+ If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
+ document, like author-year
+cituations
+, then you must
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+use a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about
+LaTeX
and we used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
latexcompanion
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
- with surrounding brackets.
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
If you set a
\family sans
Label
\family default
for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Have a look at the
\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition
\family default
:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
-\begin_inset Index
+Bibliography databases (
+BibTeX
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
+Bibliography !
+BibTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
documents.
- It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
+ concerning them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
entries.
You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
- entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
+ cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
+ that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in LaTeX books (
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+key "BibTeX-2"
\end_inset
-).
- Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
- Under
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ and in
+LaTeX
+ books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+
\end_inset
-
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX
+Wiki
+ at
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
/
\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TOC
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
BibT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ A
+grey
+ box will be inserted and a window appears.
In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Add bibliography to
+TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-.bst
+.
+bst
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
- Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
- take care of the layout.
-\end_layout
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your
+LaTeX
+ distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers provide
+ their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
- by LyX.
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program
+BibTeX
+.
This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
es dialog under
\family sans
-Outputs
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
+Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
\family default
- in the field
+ in the
\family sans
BibT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
command
\family default
-.
+ field.
Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
\family sans
BibTeX
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you select the option
+\family sans
+Sectioned bibliography
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
+ This and other options are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with
+BibTeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
We used the style file
\family sans
-alphadin.bst
+alphadin
+.
+bst
\family default
to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Bibliography layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to use the option
+ For this feature you need to enable the option
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
- enabled in the
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
.
Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
+ For the global citation format use the
+BibTeX
+ style files as explained in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Section
Index
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as index entry.
+ by LyX as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
+ For a detailed description of
+LaTeX's
+ index mechanism, have a look at one of the
+LaTeX
+ books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
+The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+TOC
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+ The index list box is not
+clickable
+ like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping Index Entries
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Page Ranges
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- respectively starts and ends the index range.
+ respectively start and end the index range.
You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
the pages of the indexed document parts.
\begin_layout Subsection
Cross referencing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
GIF
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
+GIF
+|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Order
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but
+LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We created as example the three dummy index entries
+ We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
maison
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
maïs
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
maître
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
+Dummy entries !
+maïs
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
+Dummy entries !
+maître
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+Dummy entries !
+maïs
+@
+maison
\end_layout
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
+ They will be sorted in the order
+maïs
+,
+maître
+,
+maison
+, but we want the order
+maïs
+,
+maison
+,
+maître
+.
To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
maison
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
maïs
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
+ and write therefore for the index entry of
+maison
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-maïs@maison
+maïs
+@
+maison
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+ another word to tell
+LaTeX
+ the entry order, see the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ followed by a
+LaTeX
+-command without a backslash.
We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
+italic page number:|
+textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
+Dummy entries ! italic page number:|
+textit
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
+ Normally all
+LaTeX
+-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+ to learn more about the
+LaTeX
+-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
\family sans
-makeindex
+makeindex
+
\family default
to generate the index, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
xindy
\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
- can be used, see
+, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because
+xindy
+ requires to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in preamble
+ If so, put the following in the preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+
+newcommand
+{
\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
+
+IndexDef
+}[1]{
\backslash
-textit{#1}}
+
+textit
+{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
+my entry|
+IndexDef
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-into the index entry.
-\begin_inset Index
+in the index entry.
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+Dummy entries ! my entry|
+IndexDef
\end_layout
\end_inset
The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
+ insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
for all index entries.
- For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
+ For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
\emph on
Index Style File
\emph default
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Program
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
xindy
\family default
- is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
- generation, otherwise the program
+, which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
+ generation; otherwise the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
+, that is part of every
+LaTeX
+ distribution, is used.
Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
- Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
- in mind.
- So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
- English text.
+ is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
+ that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
to use
\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature / Glossary
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
- document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
+ document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the
+LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+ You find it in the TeX
+Catalogue
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your
+LaTeX
+-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+ You have to enter valid
+LaTeX
+-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Definition and Layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
- field as LaTeX-formula.
+ field as
+LaTeX
+-formulas.
For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character hereby starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
+ character starts/ends the formula.
+ The
+LaTeX
+-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a
+ backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+(A short introduction to the
+LaTeX
+-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ dialog to format the description text but have to use
+LaTeX
+-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
dummy entry for the character
\backslash
-textsf{sigma}
+
+textsf
+{sigma}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\series bold
\backslash
+
textsf
\series default
sets the fonts to
\series bold
\backslash
+
textbf
\series default
, for
\series bold
\backslash
+
texttt
\series default
, for
\series bold
\backslash
+
emph
\series default
.
\begin_layout Subsection
Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the
+LaTeX
+-code of the symbol definition.
This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
\emph on
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- -- the
+ – the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
field of the nomenclature dialog.
Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
definition.
- For the given example, you can insert
+ For the example given, you can insert
\family typewriter
sigma
\family default
- to this field for the
+ in this field for the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+For
+subgrouping
+ and tips for using sort entries see the
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Options
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-refeq Appends the phrase
+
+refeq
+ Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-refpage Appends the phrase
+
+refpage
+ Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
+
+intoc
+ Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- In this document the options
+ In this document the option
\series bold
intoc
\series default
- and
-\series bold
-refpage
-\series default
- are used.
+ is used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-nomrefeq Like the
+
+nomrefeq
+ Like the
\series bold
refeq
\series default
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-nomrefpage Like the
+
+nomrefpage
+ Like the
\series bold
refpage
\series default
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+
+nomrefeqpage
+ Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
+
nomrefeq
+
\backslash
+
nomrefpage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-nomnorefeq,
+
+nomnorefeq
+,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
-nomnorefpage,
+
+nomnorefpage
+,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
-nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
+
+nomnorefeqpage
+ Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+TOC
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
\end_inset
will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+ Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not
+clickable
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
+
nomname
\series default
in the preamble.
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+
+renewcommand
+{
\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+
+nomname
+}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+
+renewcommand
+{
\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
+
+nomlabelwidth
+}{width}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family roman
-Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
+where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
cm.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Program
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Program
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+, that is part of every
+LaTeX
+ distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ by adding options, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl,makeindex"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Branches
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
+For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
To create a branch, go in the
\family sans
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad
+Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
+ like inside equations, you can code special
+LaTeX
+ definitions for each branch.
For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+For an introduction to the
+LaTeX
+-syntax, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+
+newcommand
+{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+
+newcommand
+{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+
+newcommand
+{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+
+newcommand
+{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:math-macros"
+PDF
+ Properties
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:PDF-Properties"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-PDF properties
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF properties
+
+PDF
+ properties
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Document Settings
\family default
- dialog provides under
+ dialog allows you in the
\family sans
-PDF Properties
+PDF
+ Properties
\family default
- to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
- All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
+ to set up special options for the
+PDF
+ output of your document.
+ All options there are provided by the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
- will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
+ will link all cross-references in the
+DVI
+- and
+PDF
+-output.
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
document part.
\family sans
Hyperlinks
\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical
+backreferences
are created.
- The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
- entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
+ The
+backreferences
+ will appear in the bibliography behind the different entries, showing the
+ number of the section, slide, or page where the entry is referenced.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Bookmarks
\family default
- you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
- document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ you can set if
+PDF
+-bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make
+ it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
or not.
With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
- be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
+ be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the
+PDF
+.
For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The header informations in the dialog tab
+The header information in the dialog tab
\family sans
General
\family default
- are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
+ are saved together with the
+PDF
+ as file properties.
+ Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+automatically recognize who the author is and what the
+PDF
+ is about.
+ This is very useful to sort, classify, or use
+PDFs
+ for bibliography issues.
When the option
\family sans
Automatic fill header
\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
+ is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
title and author settings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The option
\family sans
-Load in fullscreen mode
+Load in
+fullscreen
+ mode
\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+ will open the
+PDF
+ in
+fullscreen
+ mode, which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF properties are also used in this document.
+
+PDF
+ properties are also used in this document.
When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
options are used.
- For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
+ For an explanation of them we refer you to the
+hyperref
+ manual
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+TeX Code and the
+LaTeX
+ Syntax
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:TeX-Code"
\begin_layout Subsection
TeX Code Boxes
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
+As LyX uses
+LaTeX
+ in the background, it supports many
+LaTeX
+ commands and constructs, but not all.
+
+LaTeX
+ contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
+ All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
+ is for every problem a
+LaTeX
+-package.
But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- An TeX Code box is created by the menu
+But don't worry, you can use any
+LaTeX
+-command directly in LyX inside the TeX Code box.
+ A TeX Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
TeX
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
- LaTeX-command
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
+ the
+LaTeX
+-command
\series bold
\backslash
+
fbox
\series default
, you can write the command part
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox{
+
+fbox
+{
\series default
in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
\series bold
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+ At the end of
+LaTeX
+-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space to let
+LaTeX
+ know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+Short Introduction to the
+LaTeX
+ Syntax
\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+The
+LaTeX
+ Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+
+LaTeX
+ Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+ about the
+LaTeX
+-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because
+LaTeX
+ is based on commands, you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
your text.
This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- every time if you know the right commands.
- E.g.
- imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
- the end of the day.
+ any time if you know the right commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
+ end of the day.
Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
all caption labels bold.
But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
+ Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
+Now
+LaTeX
+ comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a
+LaTeX
+-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the
+LaTeX
+ package database,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
caption
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+
+LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
-usepackage[options]{package name}
+
+usepackage
+[options]{package name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
+All
+LaTeX
+ commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within two
+ braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
\series bold
-labelfont=bf
+labelfont
+=bf
\series default
will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
So you add the command
\series bold
\backslash
-usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
+
+usepackage
+[
+labelfont
+=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
like your case.
For example if you use a
\family sans
-koma-script
+koma
+-script
\family default
class, you don't need the package
\series bold
\series bold
\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+
+setkomafont
+{
+captionlabel
+}{
\backslash
-bfseries}
+
+bfseries
+}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
+
setkomafont
\series default
- is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
+ is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
- text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
+ To insert a
+LaTeX
+-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
+If you want to learn more about
+LaTeX
+ and its syntax, have a look at the
+LaTeX
+-books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
\begin_layout Section
Previewing Snippets of your Document
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
to break your train of thought with
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
DVI
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
- LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
+
+LaTeX
+, install the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
+
+LaTeX
+-packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
preview
\family default
check box in the insert dialog.
- This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
- example.
+ This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a
+LaTeX
+ figure, for example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+To get previews working, you need the
+LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
preview
\series default
) installed.
- In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-
+ If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX
+Catalogue
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your
+LaTeX
+-system.
You obtain prettier results if you install the program
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
- of it.
+You can furthermore preview the
+LaTeX
+ source of the whole document or parts of it.
Use the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Source
\family default
- and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the
+LaTeX
+-source code.
The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
currently in.
You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
hspell
\family default
, or
-\family sans
+\family typewriter
pspell
\family default
- as backend.
+ as
+backend
+.
This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
programs.
\family typewriter
aspell
\family default
- can be seen as successor of
+ can be seen as the successor to
\family typewriter
ispell
\family default
-, so that it is recommended to use aspell.
+, so that it is recommended to use
+aspell
+.
-\family sans
+\family typewriter
hspell
\family default
is a Hebrew spell-checker.
\begin_layout Standard
For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
- greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
-\family sans
+
+greyed
+ out in the preferences dialog because only
+\family typewriter
aspell
\family default
can be used.
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
+By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
that is set in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
+After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should consider, e.g.
- German umlauts although you spell check English document.
+ should consider, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
This should not normally be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
- as your personal dictionary
+dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
+ the spell checker's default choice
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
passthrough
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The encodings are explained in section
+The
+encodings
+ are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Settings"
+reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Thesaurus
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
- and use the menu
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thesaurus
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
- BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
- rotateOrigin center
+LyX
+\change_inserted 0 1241857971
+provides
+\change_deleted 0 1241857542
+provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
+\change_inserted 0 1241859858
+ a multilingual thesaurus.
+ It uses the same thesaurus
+
+framework
+
+as
+ OpenOffice
+and
+ Firefox (
+namely
+
+the
+
+\emph on
+MyThes
+\emph default
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-.
- A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
- replacement.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
- you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
- cases to find related words.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted 0 1241857767
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
- singular form.
- For example starting the thesaurus with the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-reports
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-report
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-report
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+
+thesaurus
+
+library
+,
+which
+
+is
+
+included
+
+in
+
+LyX
+).
+
+Therefore, LyX can directly access
+OpenOffice
+ thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many
+
+languages
+.
+\end_layout
- of the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-reports
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted 0 1241858326
+This section describes how new
+
+dictionaries
+
+are installed and set up for the use with LyX.
+\change_unchanged
- to get results.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Change Tracking
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_deleted 0 1241857808
+The
+\emph on
+AikSaurus
+\emph default
+ library,
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Change Tracking
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Change Tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ which is also used by
+Abiword
+, but which is English only.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Change-Tracking"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\change_deleted 0 1241857808
+The
+\emph on
+MyThes
+\emph default
+ library,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
- to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
- You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
- This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Track
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Changes
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
-\color blue
-Blue text
-\color inherit
- is an addition,
-\color red
-red canceled text
-\color inherit
- is a deletion.
- You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
-\family sans
-Look
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-feel
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Colors
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! LyX screen
+ which is also used by
+OpenOffice
+, and which supports many languages.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\change_deleted 0 1241857808
+You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
+ (if both are installed,
+\emph on
+MyThes
+\emph default
+ will be chosen automatically).
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Review
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Setting up the thesaurus
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\emph on
+MyThes
+\change_deleted 0 1241858389
+\emph default
+ library can directly access the
+\change_inserted 0 1241858389
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+/
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\emph default
+OpenOffice
+ thesauri
+\change_deleted 0 1241858393
+, which
+\change_unchanged
+ consist of two files per language: A file with the
+\change_deleted 0 1241858487
+ending
+\change_inserted 0 1241858487
+suffix
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph on
+*.
+dat
+\emph default
+ containing the data and an index file with the
+\change_deleted 0 1241858492
+ending
+\change_inserted 0 1241858493
+suffix
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph on
+*.
+idx
+\emph default
+.
+ The
+\change_inserted 0 1241858563
+standardized
+\change_unchanged
+file names include the language code for the given language
+\change_inserted 0 1241858760
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
+g.
+ en_EN for English).
+ For instance
+\change_unchanged
+,
+\change_deleted 0 1241858668
+so
+\change_unchanged
+the English files are named:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+th
+_en_EN_
+v2
+.
+idx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+th
+_en_EN_
+v2
+.
+dat
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+If you have
+OpenOffice
+
+\change_deleted 0 1241858814
+installed including
+\change_inserted 0 1241858816
+and
+\change_unchanged
+ its thesaurus
+\change_inserted 0 1241858825
+ installed
+\change_unchanged
+, these files should be already on your system.
+ If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
+\change_deleted 0 1241858828
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted 0 1241858834
+
+\change_deleted 0 1241859780
-\begin_layout Standard
-The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted 0 1241859785
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-track.png
- BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
- rotateOrigin center
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted 0 1241859786
+http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Track
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ Note that, as of
+OpenOffice
+ 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension archives (
+\emph on
+*.
+oxt
+\emph default
+) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
+ thesauri.
+ These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
+ unpack a zip archive.
+\end_layout
-Changes
+\begin_layout Standard
+Put the
+\emph on
+*.
+idx
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+*.
+dat
+\emph default
+ files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use
+subfolders
+), and
+\change_deleted 0 1241858903
+the
+\change_unchanged
+specify the path to this directory in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paths
+\family default
+.
+ Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using the thesaurus
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To start the thesaurus, use the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thesaurus
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-output.png
+ filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+ while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
+ selected.
+ A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
+ replacement.
+ The proposals are grouped into categories.
+ Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also
+hyperonyms
+ and
+hyponyms
+ (such as
+\emph on
+plant
+\emph default
+ for
+\emph on
+tree
+\emph default
+), compounds (such as
+\emph on
+tree diagram
+\emph default
+) and antonyms (such as
+\emph on
+women
+\emph default
+ for
+\emph on
+men
+\emph default
+), which are marked as such.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
+ you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
+ up directly there.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
+ the dictionary, such as the above
+\emph on
+tree diagram
+\emph default
+), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+ the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
+ singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
+ For example looking up the word forms
+\emph on
+reports
+\emph default
+ or
+\emph on
+reporting
+\emph default
+ yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+.
+ Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+ in
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
+ also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
+ part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
+\change_inserted 0 1241859001
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859042
+
+Lincense
+ of the Thesaurus library
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859399
+The
+\emph on
+MyThes
+\emph default
+ library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
+\noun on
+Kevin B.
+ Hendricks
+\noun default
+ as a standalone program.
+ Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
+ The library was released under the
+\emph on
+Berkeley Database License
+\emph default
+, which is compatible with LyX's license, the
+GPL.
+
+In
+
+order
+
+to
+
+meet
+
+the
+
+requirements
+
+of
+
+the
+
+Berkeley
+
+Database
+
+License
+,
+we
+
+quote
+ MyThes'
+license
+
+in
+
+detail
+
+in
+
+what
+
+follows
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859406
+\begin_inset listings
+lstparams "basicstyle={\scriptsize},language={C++}"
+inline false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859497
+
+/*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859499
+
+ * Copyright 2003 Kevin B.
+ Hendricks, Stratford, Ontario, Canada
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859505
+
+ * And Contributors.
+ All rights reserved.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859515
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859519
+
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859522
+
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859526
+
+ * are met:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859529
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859533
+
+ * 1.
+ Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859539
+
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859543
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859547
+
+ * 2.
+ Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859552
+
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859556
+
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859559
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859562
+
+ * 3.
+ All modifications to the source code must be clearly marked as
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859566
+
+ * such.
+ Binary redistributions based on modified source code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859569
+
+ * must be clearly marked as modified versions in the documentation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859572
+
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859576
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859580
+
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KEVIN B.
+ HENDRICKS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859583
+
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859587
+
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859590
+
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ IN NO EVENT SHALL
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859595
+
+ * KEVIN B.
+ HENDRICKS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859600
+
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859605
+
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859608
+
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859612
+
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859614
+
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
+ WAY
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859617
+
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859620
+
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859719
+
+ *
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 0 1241859720
+
+ */
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Change Tracking
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Change-Tracking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
+ able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
+ You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
+ This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
+\color blue
+Blue text
+\color inherit
+ is an addition,
+\color red
+red canceled text
+\color inherit
+ is a deletion.
+ You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
+\family sans
+Look
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+feel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Colors
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! LyX screen
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Toolbar ! Review
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/changes-track.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/changes-output.png
BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
rotateOrigin center
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
+The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
- When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
+ When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
the next change behind the current cursor position.
So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
step to the next change.
- This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
+ This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
+To show made changes in the output you need the
+LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+ You will find it in the TeX
+Catalogue
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your
+LaTeX
+-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
International Support
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
- For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
- how to set up LyX to use them:
+ For some non-western languages there are special
+Wiki
+-pages that explain how to set up LyX to use them:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
\begin_layout Subsection
Language Options
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Under
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
- box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
+ you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for
+LaTeX
export.
The option
\family sans
-use language's default encoding
+Language Default
\family default
is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
For details about the different encoding options see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Settings"
+reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
- language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
+If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
+ other than English, you can use an alternate
+keymap
+.
For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+ you can configure LyX to use an Italian
+keymap
+.
The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
- different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
+ different
+keymap
+ (for Vulcan, for instance).
You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
one to support the characters you want.
- This and much more customizations are explained in the
+ This and many other customizations are explained in the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
\begin_layout Subsection
Character Tables
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:keytab"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter
T1
\family default
--fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
+-fonts for
+LaTeX
+ [or who have the
\family typewriter
T1
\family default
--fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
- DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
- french quotes won't show up.
+-fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters:
+D0
+,
+F0
+, DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase
+eth
+ and thorn, and the french quotes won't show up.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
also the characters from
\family typewriter
-ISO8859--2
+ISO8859
+–2
\family default
through
\family typewriter
\begin_layout Itemize
From
\family typewriter
-ISO8859--1
+ISO8859
+–1
\family default
:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-¸Çç
+¸
+Çç
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
From
\family typewriter
-ISO8859--2
+ISO8859
+–2
\family default
through
\family typewriter
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
+
ĤĴĥĵĈĜŜĉĝŝ
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Ĩı̃Ũũ
+
+Ĩı
+̃
+Ũũ
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū
+
+ĒēĀĪŌŪāı
+̄
+ōū
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
ŐŰőű
+
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The File Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
+The
+submenu
+ shows a list of the recently opened files.
Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Extended
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
- plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
+You can import there files from older LyX-versions,
+LaTeX
+-files,
+NoWeb
+-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (
+CSV
+).
The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
\end_layout
\family sans
CJK
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX
\family default
format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
+ (
+CJK
+); (Since LyX 1.5.0
+CJK
+ support is fully integrated to LyX.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+
+DVI
+-format
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
- text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
- will be converted to a format that is readable for the
+ text file with the
+LaTeX
+ source, additionally all images used in the document will be converted
+ to a format that is readable for the
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
- program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
+ program (
+GIF
+,
+JPG
+,
+PDF
+,
+PNG
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(plain)
\family default
- text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
- document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
- for the
+ text file with the
+LaTeX
+ source code, additionally all images used in the document will be converted
+ to the
+EPS
+-format, only this format is readable for the
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+
+OpenDocument
+
+OpenDocument
+-formatted text file, to be opened with
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
Abiword
\family default
, etc.
- (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
- all cases)
+ (the
+OpenDocument
+-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in all cases)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
PDF
\family default
- PDF-format using the program
+
+PDF
+-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\end_layout
\family sans
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(dvipdfm)
+(
+dvipdfm
+)
\family default
- PDF-format using the program
+
+PDF
+-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\end_layout
\family sans
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
- PDF-format using the program
+
+PDF
+-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(ps2ascii)
+(
+ps2ascii
+)
\family default
text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
and then exported as text using the program
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
- PostScript format using the program
+
+PostScript
+ format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\end_layout
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
+ produces internally a
+DVI
+-file which is then converted to a
+PDF
+-file.
It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
what you want.
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
- produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+ produces directly
+PDF
+-files and supports the latest
+PDF
+-file formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
,
\family sans
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
or
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
- is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+ is missing, you need to update your
+LaTeX
+ installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
- or send it to a printer.
- The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
- The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
- program
+With this menu you can print your document to a file in
+PostScript
+ format or send it to a printer.
+ The printer will also use the document in
+PostScript
+ format.
+ The conversion to
+PostScript
+ is done in the background by LyX using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
.
- For more informations have a look at section
+ For more information have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The Edit Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
- The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
+These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
+ or a formula.
+ Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
The View Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
document with an external program.
The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
- - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
+ - it depends on the
+LaTeX
+ programs that are found while LyX was configured.
All possible formats are formats listed in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\family sans
PDF
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
+(
+pdflatex
+)
\family default
.
- If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+ If one of the two is missing, you need to update your
+LaTeX
+ installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about math macros will be described in the
+Math macros are described in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
- manual.??
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
the same document, but at different positions.
You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
or more documents the same time.
- To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
+ To return to an
+unsplit
+ view, use the menu
\family sans
Close Tab Group
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
Fullscreen
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
- that you will see nothing than your text.
- It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
- To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
- and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
+Using this menu or pressing
+F11
+ removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing than
+ your text.
+ It furthermore displays LyX's main window
+fullscreen
+.
+ To return from
+fullscreen
+ to the normal view, press
+F11
+, or right-click and turn off the
+fullscreen
+ mode in the the appearing context menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
on
\emph default
- state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
+ state is denoted in the menu with a
+checkmark
+.
The
\family sans
Review
\begin_layout Section
The Insert Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
+Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your
+LaTeX
+ system.
Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
- characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
+ characters depend on the
+LaTeX
+-packages you have installed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Symbols
-\begin_inset Index
+Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
+Creates a formula with a so called
+tipa
+ inset.
Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
- For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
+ For this feature you must have the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
tipa
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
+For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
\series bold
-tipa,
+tipa
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "tipa"
\series default
- and this Wiki-page:
+ and this
+Wiki
+-page:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
+Page Inserts a clear
+doublepage
+ break, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List / TOC
+List /
+TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+, and the
+BibTeX
+ bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
File
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Box
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a minipage box that is described section
+Inserts a
+minipage
+ box that is described section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Caption
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables ! Caption
+
+Longtables
+ ! Caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
+Inserts a caption to floats or
+longtables
+.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, captions in longtables are described in section
+, captions in
+longtables
+ are described in section
\emph on
-Longtable Captions
+Longtable
+ Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_layout Subsection
Program Listing
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
- to jump e.g.
- between section
+ to jump e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
2.
- Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
+ Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
the key bindings
-\family sans
-C-1
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "bookmark-goto 1"
+\end_inset
+
and
-\family sans
-C-2
-\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "bookmark-goto 2"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX Log
+
+eX
+ Log
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
- enabled.
- It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
+After running
+LaTeX
+ by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled.
+ It shows the
+logfile
+ of the used
+LaTeX
+-program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
+Here you can see how
+LaTeX
+ works in the background.
\emph on
Experts
\emph default
- will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
+ will find in it reasons for
+LaTeX
+-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
+Opens the
+TOC
+/Outline window as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Navigating"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Un/compresses the actual document.
+
+Un
+/compresses the current document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Settings
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Settings"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
- document.
- You can save your document settings as default with the
-\family sans
-Save as Document Defaults
-\family default
- button in the dialog.
- This will create a template named
-\family typewriter
-default.lyx
-\family default
- which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
- using a template.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Document Class
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
- Document classes are described in section
+The document settings are described in appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
.
- The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
- When using
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
-, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
- It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Fonts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document font settings are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+The Tools Menu
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Text Layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Menu ! Tools
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
- skips.
- The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
-
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Page Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A description of this menu is given in section
+Spell checking is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Layout"
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Page Margins
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Thesaurus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
+The thesaurus is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Margins"
+reference "sec:Thesaurus"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Language
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Statistics
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Encoding
+Word count
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document language and quote styles are set here.
- The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
- LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
- All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
- be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
- known for a particular character).
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
- You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
-
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual for details.
+Character count
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use the option
-\family sans
-use language's default encoding
-\family default
-, LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
- this text.
- If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
- than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
- If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
- exactly one encoding.
- Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
-\family sans
-XeTeX
-\family default
+Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
+ highlighted document part.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Subsection
+TeX Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
- It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
- encoding.
- More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "XeTeX"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+TeX Information
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (see below).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
- lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
- If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
- for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
- Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
- so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
- with
-\family sans
-use language's default encoding
-\family default
- (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
- a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
- because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is a list with the important encodings:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your
LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-default Same as
-\family sans
-use language's default encoding
-\family default
-, but the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-inputenc
-\series default
+-system.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Reconfigure
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is not used.
- When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
- in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
- languages in TeX code.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-armscii8 encoding for Armenian
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
- file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
-\end_layout
+LyX ! Reconfigure|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
-\end_layout
+Reconfiguration of LyX
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
-13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
- Serbian, and Ukrainian
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
- Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
- Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
- replaced by latin9
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
- Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
- Turkish
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
- where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
- the euro currency sign, the
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu reconfigures LyX.
+ That means LyX looks for
+LaTeX
+-packages and needed programs, see also section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-oe
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
--ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
- be the replacement for latin1
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preferences
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-inputenc
-\series default
+\begin_layout Standard
+The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
.
- Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
- is supported.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-ucs
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Section
+The Help Menu
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! ucs
+Menu ! Help
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! CJK
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+ menus.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
\family sans
-XeTeX
+LaTeX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Configuration
\family default
-, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-inputenc
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ shows a LyX-document with information about the
+LaTeX
+-packages and classes found by LyX (see also section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "XeTeX"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
\end_inset
-.
+).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Toolbars
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Toolbars"
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
- in section
+How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "sub:Toolbars"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
-\series bold
-natbib
-\series default
+It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
+ This is described in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Standard Toolbar
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! natbib
+Toolbar ! Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
-\series bold
-jurabib
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
+ width 100col%
-.
- For a further description see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Math Options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
-\series bold
-amsmath
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! esint
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-amsmath
-\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- assure that you have enabled AMS.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Float Placement
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Bullets
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
- The itemize environment is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Itemize"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Branches
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Branches are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Branches"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
- to define LaTeX-commands.
- The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
- You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
- do.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The Tools Menu
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Tools
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Spellchecker
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Spell checking is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Spellchecking"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Thesaurus
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The thesaurus is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Thesaurus"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Count Words
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Word count
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
- part.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Information
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Information
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Reconfigure
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Reconfigure|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Reconfiguration of LyX
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This menu reconfigures LyX.
- That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Preferences
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The Help Menu
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Menu ! Help
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
- menus.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Configuration
-\family default
- shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
- found by LyX (see also section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Toolbars
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Toolbars"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Toolbars"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
- This is described in the
-\emph on
-Extended Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Toolbar
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
- width 100col%
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
-\begin_inset ERT
+The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
+This is necessary to left align the following
+longtables
+.
See the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
+pull-down box for the paragraph environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate Back
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/font-emph.png
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
Inline
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Extra Toolbar
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\begin_layout Subsection
View / Update Toolbar
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true">
+<features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
DVI
\end_layout
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
DVI
\end_layout
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
PDF
\end_layout
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
- functionality is merged with
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
PDF
-\family default
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Postscript
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Other Toolbars
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, the table toolbar
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Toolbar ! Table
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual, the math macro toolbar
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Toolbar ! Macro
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+The Document Settings
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document settings dialog contains
+submenus
+ to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu
+\family sans
+ Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ You can save your document settings as default with th
+\family sans
+e Save as Document Defaults
+\family default
+ button in the dialog.
+ This will create a template name
+\family typewriter
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+default.
+lyx
+\family default
+ which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
+ using a template.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different
+submenus
+ of the dialog are explained in the following.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Document Class
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
+ master document.
+ Document classes are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Some classes use some class options by default.
+ If this is the case, they are listed in the field
+\family sans
+Predefined
+\family default
+ and you can decide to use them or not.
+ If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
+ recommended not to touch them.
+ The graphics driver is used for
+LaTeX's
+ graphics, color and page layout packages.
+ When using
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+, the default driver for the
+LaTeX
+-packages are used.
+ It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+When you want one of the following drivers
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+dvi2ps
+,
+dvialw
+,
+dvilaser
+,
+dvitops
+,
+psprint
+,
+pubps
+,
+ln
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+you first have to activate them in your
+LaTeX
+ distribution, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2 in
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
+ child or
+subdocument
+.
+ This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
+ without its master.
+ This way child documents are always
+compileable
+.
+ More about master and child documents is explained in the section
+\emph on
+Child Documents
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Modules
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Modules are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Modules"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Fonts
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document font settings are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Text Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
+ skips.
+ The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the
+WYSIWYM
+ concept.
+ However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
+
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Page Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A description of this menu is given in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Page Margins
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Margins"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Language
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Language ! Encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document language and quote styles are set here.
+ The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to
+LaTeX
+ (the LyX file is always encoded in
+utf8
+).
+ All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
+ be exported as
+LaTeX
+-commands (this can fail if a
+LaTeX
+-command is not known for a particular character).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The known commands are defined in a text file.
+ You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
+
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for details.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the option
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+, LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
+ If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
+ than one encoding in the
+LaTeX
+ file.
+ If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
+ exactly one encoding.
+ Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+XeTeX
+ is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for
+LaTeX
+.
+ It
+natively
+ supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in
+UTF
+-8 encoding.
+ More about using LyX with
+XeTeX
+ can be found in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "XeTeX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (see below).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
+ lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ If you want to use this (and your
+LaTeX
+ installation supports Unicode, for that matter), choose one of the four
+
+utf8
+ variants from the list below.
+ Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard
+LaTeX
+ is quite incomplete, so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode
+ symbols works fine with
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ (when LyX uses it's list of known
+LaTeX
+-commands), but does not work with a fixed
+utf8
+ encoding (when the list of known
+LaTeX
+-commands is not used, because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in
+utf8
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is a list with the important
+encodings
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(no
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+inputenc
+) Same as
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+, but the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+inputenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is not used.
+ When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
+ in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
+ languages in TeX code.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
+ LyX converts all other characters into
+LaTeX
+ commands, which may result in a big file when lots of
+LaTeX
+-commands are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Arabic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1256
+) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Arabic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-6) for Arabic and Farsi
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Armenian
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+ArmSCII8
+) for Armenian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Baltic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1257
+) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same as
+ the ISO-
+8859
+-
+13
+ encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Baltic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-
+13
+) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a
+superset
+ of the ISO-
+8859
+-4 encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Baltic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-4) (
+latin
+ 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the ISO-
+8859
+-
+13
+ encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Central
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1250
+) MS Windows code page for ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-2 (
+latin2
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Central
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-2) (
+latin
+ 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian,
+ Slovak, and Slovenian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Chinese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(simplified)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+EUC
+-
+CN
+) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since
+2001
+ this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding
+GB18030
+, as
+GB18030
+ is not available for
+LaTeX
+ you should try to use the encoding Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Chinese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(simplified)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+GBK
+) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page
+CP
+
+936
+ except for the Euro currency sign, since
+2001
+ this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding
+GB18030
+, as
+GB18030
+ is not available for
+LaTeX
+ you should try to use the encoding Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Chinese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(traditional)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+EUC
+-
+TW
+) for traditional Chinese
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cyrillic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1251
+) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cyrillic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cyrillic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+KOI8
+-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cyrillic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+KOI8
+-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cyrillic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(pt
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+154
+) Cyrillic for Kazakh
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Greek
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-7) for Greek
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hebrew
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1255
+) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a
+superset
+ of the ISO-
+8859
+-8 encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hebrew
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-8) for Hebrew
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+EUC
+-JP)
+EUC
+-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, when using this, set the document language to
+\family sans
+Japanese (
+CJK
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+JIS
+)
+JIS
+ encoding for Japanese, uses the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+, when using this, set the document language to
+\family sans
+Japanese (
+CJK
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(non-
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+EUC
+-JP)
+EUC
+-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+japanese
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+japanese
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, when using this, set the document language to
+\family sans
+Japanese
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(non-
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+JIS
+)
+JIS
+ encoding for Japanese, uses the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+japanese
+\series default
+, when using this, set the document language to
+\family sans
+Japanese
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(non-
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+SJIS
+)
+SJIS
+ encoding for Japanese, uses the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+japanese
+\series default
+, when using this, set the document language to
+\family sans
+Japanese
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Korean
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+EUC
+-KR) for Korean
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Southern
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-3) (
+latin
+ 3) covers Esperanto,
+Galician
+, Maltese, and Turkish
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+South-Eastern
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-
+16
+) (
+latin
+
+10
+) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish Gaelic,
+ Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed to cover many languages
+ and characters with diacritics
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Thai
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+TIS
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+620
+-0) for Thai
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Turkish
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-9) (
+latin
+ 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-
+8859
+-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CJK
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8
+) Unicode
+utf8
+ with the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+XeTeX
+)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8
+) Unicode
+utf8
+ to be used with
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+More about using LyX with
+XeTeX
+ can be found in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "XeTeX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+ucs
+-extended)
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8x
+) Unicode
+utf8
+ based on the
+LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+ucs
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+ucs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and
+CJK
+ scripts).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+utf8
+) Unicode
+utf8
+ based on the
+LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+inputenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
+ is supported.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Western
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+CP
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+1252
+) MS Windows code page for ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-1 (
+latin1
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Western
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-1) (
+latin
+ 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English,
+Faroese
+, Finnish, French,
+Galician
+, German, Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and
+ Swedish; better use the ISO-
+8859
+-
+15
+ encoding instead
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Western
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+8859
+-
+15
+) (
+latin
+ 9) like the ISO-
+8859
+-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency sign, the
+œ
+-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Numbering &
+TOC
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify here a citation style using the
+LaTeX
+-packages
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+natbib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\series bold
+jurabib
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+jurabib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For a further description see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+PDF
+ Properties
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+PDF
+ properties are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Math Options
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These options will force LyX to use the
+LaTeX
+-packages
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+amsmath
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\series bold
+esint
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+esint
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\series default
+ is needed for many constructs, so when you get
+LaTeX
+-errors in formulas, assure that you have enabled
+AMS
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+esint
+\series default
+ is used for special integral characters.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Float Placement
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The float placement options are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Bullets
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
+ The itemize environment is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Itemize"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Branches are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+LaT
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+{}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
\end_inset
+eX
+ Preamble
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Other Toolbars
+\begin_layout Standard
+In this text field are entered commands to load special
+LaTeX
+-packages or to define
+LaTeX
+-commands.
+ The preamble is a thing for
+LaTeX
+-experts.
+ You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
+ do.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
+An introduction in the
+LaTeX
+-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, the table toolbar
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Table
-\end_layout
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual, the math macro toolbar in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences.
- It consists of submenus explained in the following.
+The preferences dialog is called with the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+.
+ It consists of
+submenus
+ explained in the following.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Subsection
User Interface
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:ui"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+User Interface File
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-User Interface File
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Customization ! of toolbars
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Customization ! of menus
+ You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
+ effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
- interface (ui) file.
- An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
+ interface (
+ui
+) file.
+ An
+ui
+-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
\shape italic
-stdtoolbars.inc
+stdtoolbars
+.inc
\shape default
and
\shape italic
-stdmenus.inc
+stdmenus
+.inc
\shape default
, respectively.
Both files are loaded by the
\emph on
-default.ui
+default.
+ui
\emph default
file.
To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Bind-File
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bindings
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Automatic help
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
- Several binding files are available:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-(x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
-\family sans
-Emacs
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-XEmacs
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-mac.bind set of bindings for
+The option
\family sans
-Mac
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-OS
+Enable tool tips in main work area
\family default
- systems.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
-\shape italic
-broadway.bind
-\shape default
-, and bind files for special languages.
- The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- for Portuguese.
- If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
- bind-file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some bind-files, like
-\emph on
-math.bind
-\emph default
-, have only a small scope.
- When looking at the the end of the file
-\shape italic
-cua.bind
-\shape default
-, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
-s with a text editor.
- The syntax of the entries is:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-bind
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-key combination
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-LyX-function
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All LyX-functions are listed in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "LyX-func"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
+ or footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Session
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
-\family sans
-Save
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-restore window size, or use fixed size
-\family default
- is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
- is started.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Save
+Allow saving
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-restore window position
+restoring of window layout and geometries
\family default
- LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
+ LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
+ in the last LyX session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Scrolling
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The option
-\family sans
-Cursor follows scrollbar
-\family default
- sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
- scrolling.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Pixmap Cache
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-With the option
+When the option
\family sans
-Enable Pixmap Cache
+Open documents in tabs
\family default
- enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
- This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
- On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
- So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
- aesthetics.
- Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-OS and Windows.
+ is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
+ LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Screen Fonts
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Zoom
\family default
setting.
+ You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
+ current LyX session by pressing
+Ctrl
+ and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Screen DPI
+Screen
+DPI
\family default
- is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
+ is the screen resolution in
+dpi
+ (dots per inch).
The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
- 72
+
+72
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
Font Sizes
\family default
- are the same as if a document font size of 10
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+ are the same as if a document font size of
+10
+
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt would be used.
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Use
+Pixmap
+ Cache to speed up font rendering
+\family default
+ enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
+ This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
+ On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
+ So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
+ aesthetics.
+ Note that the
+Pixmap
+ Cache is only available and useful under Mac
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+OS and Windows.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Colors
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Graphics
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
-Keyboard Map
-\begin_inset Index
+Control
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Cursor follows
+scrollbar
+\family default
+ sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
+ scrolling.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Sort environments alphabetically
+\family default
+ sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Group environments by their category
+\family default
+ groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+Fullscreen
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can specify what is hidden in the
+fullscreen
+ mode.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Limit text width
+\family default
+ specifies the width of the text in
+fullscreen
+ mode.
+ This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
+ then centered.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Shortcuts
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Keyboard Map
+Key Bindings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Keyboard Map
+Settings ! Shortcuts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bind File
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
+ Several binding files are available:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+cua
+.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+(x)
+emacs
+.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
+\family sans
+Emacs
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+XEmacs
+\family default
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mac.bind set of bindings for
+\family sans
+Mac
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+OS
+\family default
+ systems.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
+\shape italic
+broadway
+.bind
+\shape default
+, and bind files for special languages.
+ The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+pt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for Portuguese.
+ If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
+ bind-file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some bind-files, like
+\emph on
+math.bind
+\emph default
+, have only a small scope.
+ When looking at the the end of the file
+\shape italic
+cua
+.bind
+\shape default
+, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Editing Shortcuts
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Key Bindings ! Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add new or modify existing
+keybindings
+ to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functi
+ons and the bound shortcuts.
+ To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
+ provides the field
+\family sans
+Show key-bindings containing
+\family default
+.
+ In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
+ Insert there for example as keyword
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+paste
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
+ that contain
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+paste
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in their name.
+ As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
+ All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
+\emph on
+LyX Functions
+\emph default
+ that you find in the
+\family sans
+Help
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the shortcut
+\family sans
+Alt+Q
+\family default
+ for the function
+\family sans
+textstyle
+-apply
+\family default
+, select the function and press the
+\family sans
+Modify
+\family default
+ button.
+ A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
+ So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
+ Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
+ You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
+ binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
+ list.
+ LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
+ part.
+ The binding for the function
+\family sans
+command-alter
+\family default
+ is an example for this.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
+ text editor.
+ The syntax of the entries is:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+bind
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+key combination
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-function
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Keyboard
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+Mouse
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Keyboard Map
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Keyboard Map
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
can use the keyboard map file named
\emph on
-romanian.kmap
+romanian
+.
+kmap
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Besides this, you can specify here the
+\family sans
+Wheel scrolling speed
+\family default
+.
+ The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
+ slow it down.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Input Completion
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Input completion
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Input completion is described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Input-Completion"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
+ for text.
+ With the general options you can define the delay time for the
+inline
+ and
+popup
+ completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or not.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Paths
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Directory
+Settings ! Paths
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Example
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+files This directory will be opened when you use the button
+\family sans
+Examples
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Open
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ The
+\family sans
+Examples
+\family default
+ button does not exist when using LyX on
+MacOS
+ and Windows systems.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.lyx~
+.
+lyx
+~
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
-XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
+
+XServer
+-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language Settings
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Language
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+User
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Interface
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
+ Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
+ It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
+ exists a translation of the LyX menus.
+ You find the actual translation status here:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
- issues.
- The default is the LaTeX-command
+package is a
+LaTeX
+-command to load a
+LaTeX
+-package that handles language issues.
+ The default is the
+LaTeX
+-command
\family sans
\backslash
-usepackage{babel}
+
+usepackage
+{babel}
\family default
that loads the package
\series bold
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
+For an introduction to the
+LaTeX
+-Syntax, have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- at the beginning of every table-caption.
+ at the beginning of every table caption.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
- language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
+start When a special
+LaTeX
+-package is needed to write in a certain document language, you can here
+ specify the command to start the package.
An example is the start command
\family sans
\backslash
-begin{arabtext}
+begin{
+arabtext
+}
\family default
that is needed to write Arabic using the package
\series bold
\family sans
\backslash
-selectlanguage{$$lang}
+
+selectlanguage
+{$$
+lang
+}
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
- used by all LaTeX-packages.
+ used by all
+LaTeX
+-packages.
Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\series bold
babel
start
\family default
- is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
+ is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the
+LaTeX
+-output.
This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
\family sans
Command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Right
+Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-left
+RTL
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language
+support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (
+RTL
+), like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
- Hebrew, Farsi.
+movement When writing
+RTL
+, you can define if the left and right arrow keys moves the cursor visually
+ to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
+ Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
+ arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an
+RTL
+ language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
+ It activates a configuration file for
+dvips
+.
+ This is an option only for
+dvips
+ experts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-LaTeX uses for printing.
+
+LaTeX
+ uses for printing.
The default is on most systems
\family sans
dvips
\begin_layout Subsection
Date Format
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
roff
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
with the
\family typewriter
-groff/troff/nroff
+groff
+/
+troff
+/
+nroff
\family default
UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
- Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
+ Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal
+formatter
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
LaT
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+
eX
+
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! LaTeX
+Settings !
+LaTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
X2
\family default
are for Cyrillic.
- Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
+ Combinations of the
+encodings
+ are possible, like
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family sans
-T1, T2B
+T1
+,
+T2B
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family sans
Default
\family default
- value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Reset
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-class
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-options
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-when
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-classes
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog when changing the document class.
+ value depends on your
+LaTeX
+-system setup.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the
-\family sans
-External Applications
-\family default
- field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
- Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
+You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
+ But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
manuals of the applications.
Currently the following commands can be set:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
CheckTe
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
BibTe
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
DVI
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
xdvi
\family default
- is used as DVI-viewer.
+ is used as
+DVI
+-viewer.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Paths
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are additionally the following options:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Windows-style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+paths
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+LaTeX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is used instead of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to separate folders.
+ This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The submenu
-\family sans
-Paths
-\family default
- is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
- The option
+\begin_layout Description
+Reset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+class
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+when
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+classes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
\family sans
-Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- uses the Windows path style:
+ dialog when changing the document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-C:
-\backslash
-test
-\backslash
-hello
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-instead of the Unix path style:
+Handling
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File handling
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-C:/test/hello
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Subsection
Converters
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Subsection
File Formats
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:File-Formats"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Copiers
+\end_layout
\end_inset
Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
formats.
- To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
- fields
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-GUI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-name
-\family default
-, and press the
-\family sans
-Add
-\family default
- button.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Copiers
-\begin_inset Index
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Copiers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you find the list of defined copiers.
- Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
+Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
- This is done by a Copier.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-More about converters is described in section
+ This is done by specifying a
+\family sans
+Copier
+\family default
+.
+ More about this is described in section
\emph on
Copiers
\emph default
\begin_layout Chapter
Units available in LyX
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features>
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-point (72.27
+point (
+72
+.
+27
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
pc
\end_layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pc = 12
+
+pc
+ =
+12
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
sp
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-scaled point (65536
+scaled point (
+65536
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-sp = 1
+
+sp
+ = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
bp
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-big point (72
+big point (
+72
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-bp = 1
+
+bp
+ = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-didot (72
+
+didot
+ (
+72
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
\end_inset
- 37.6
+
+37
+.6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cicero (1
+
+cicero
+ (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cc = 12
+cc =
+12
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-theight%
+
+theight
+%
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pheight%
+
+pheight
+%
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-mu = 1/18
+mu = 1/
+18
+
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Amir Karger
+Amir
+
+Karger
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Hartmut Haase
+Hartmut
+
+Haase
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Ignacio García
+Ignacio
+García
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Ivan Schreter
+Ivan
+Schreter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-John Raithel
+John
+Raithel
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+Lars
+Gullik
+
+Bjønnes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
+Matthias
+Ettrich
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Matthias Zenker
+Matthias
+Zenker
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Pascal André
+Pascal
+André
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Robin Socha
+Robin
+Socha
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\noun on
-Uwe Stöhr
+Uwe
+
+Stöhr
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
-Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
+Frank
+Mittelbach
+ and Michel
+Goossens
+:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The
+LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 2004
+ Addison-Wesley,
+2004
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
-Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
- Daly:
+
+Helmut
+
+Kopka
+ and Patrick W.
+
+Daly
+:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to
+LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 2003
+ Addison-Wesley,
+2003
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
-Leslie Lamport:
+Leslie
+Lamport
+:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
+ Addison-Wesley, second edition,
+1994
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
Knuth.
\emph on
-The TeXbook.
+The
+TeXbook
+.
\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 1984
+ Addison-Wesley,
+1984
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
-The TeX Catalogue:
+The TeX
+Catalogue
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
-The LaTeX FAQ:
+The
+LaTeX
+ FAQ:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "BibTeX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the program
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "BibTeX-2"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to use the program
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+
+LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
tipa
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the
+LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
-\begin_inset Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+
+LaTeX
+-packages !
+wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- how to use LyX with XeTeX:
+ how to use LyX with
+XeTeX
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Latvian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wiki-page"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Latvian:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Lithuanian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wiki-page"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Mongolian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wiki-page"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\series bold
\backslash
+
bibname
\series default
is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
+The above bibliography is created from a
+BibTeX
+-database.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
+type "idx"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff